1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd)) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 411 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 412 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 413 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 414 */ 415 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 416 417 418 /* 419 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 420 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 421 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 422 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 423 ** 424 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 425 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 426 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 427 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 428 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 429 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 430 */ 431 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 432 struct PagerSavepoint { 433 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 434 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 435 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 436 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 437 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 438 int bTruncateOnRelease; /* If stmt journal may be truncated on RELEASE */ 439 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 440 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 441 #endif 442 }; 443 444 /* 445 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 446 */ 447 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 448 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 449 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 450 451 /* 452 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 453 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 454 ** 455 ** eState 456 ** 457 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 458 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 459 ** 460 ** eLock 461 ** 462 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 463 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 464 ** 465 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 466 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 467 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 468 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 469 ** need (and no reason to release them). 470 ** 471 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 472 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 473 ** details. 474 ** 475 ** changeCountDone 476 ** 477 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 478 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 479 ** not updated more often than necessary. 480 ** 481 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 482 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 483 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 484 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 485 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 486 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 487 ** 488 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 489 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 490 ** committed. 491 ** 492 ** setSuper 493 ** 494 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 495 ** (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the 496 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 497 ** 498 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects 499 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 500 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 501 ** If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is 502 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 503 ** it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 504 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 505 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 506 ** 507 ** Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized 508 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 509 ** super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 510 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 511 ** 512 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 513 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 514 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag 515 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 516 ** 517 ** doNotSpill 518 ** 519 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 520 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 521 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 522 ** 523 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 524 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 525 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 526 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 527 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 528 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 529 ** case is a user preference. 530 ** 531 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 532 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 533 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 534 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 535 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 536 ** 537 ** subjInMemory 538 ** 539 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 540 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 541 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 542 ** 543 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 544 ** write-transaction is opened. 545 ** 546 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 547 ** 548 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 549 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 550 ** OPEN and ERROR). 551 ** 552 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 553 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 554 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 555 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 556 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 557 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 558 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 559 ** to dbSize==1). 560 ** 561 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 562 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 563 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 564 ** dbSize is updated. 565 ** 566 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 567 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 568 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 569 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 570 ** being modified. 571 ** 572 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 573 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 574 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 575 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 576 ** 577 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 578 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 579 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 580 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 581 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 582 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 583 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 584 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 585 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 586 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 587 ** 588 ** dbHintSize 589 ** 590 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 591 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 592 ** 593 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 594 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 595 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 596 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 597 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 598 ** details. 599 ** 600 ** errCode 601 ** 602 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 603 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 604 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 605 ** sub-codes. 606 ** 607 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags 608 ** 609 ** syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03). 610 ** syncFlags is used for rollback mode. walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode 611 ** and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the 612 ** lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL 613 ** file in bits 0x04 and 0x08. In other words, to get the correct sync flags 614 ** for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct 615 ** sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03). Note 616 ** that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced 617 ** meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero. 618 */ 619 struct Pager { 620 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 621 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 622 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 623 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 624 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 625 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 626 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ 627 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 628 u8 walSyncFlags; /* See description above */ 629 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 630 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 631 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 632 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 633 u8 memVfs; /* VFS-implemented memory database */ 634 635 /************************************************************************** 636 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 637 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 638 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 639 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 640 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 641 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 642 ** "configuration" of the pager. 643 */ 644 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 645 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 646 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 647 u8 setSuper; /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */ 648 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 649 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 650 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 651 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 652 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 653 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 654 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 655 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 656 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 657 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 658 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 659 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 660 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 661 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 662 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 663 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 664 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 665 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 666 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 667 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 668 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 669 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 670 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 671 672 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 673 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 674 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 675 /* 676 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 677 ***************************************************************************/ 678 679 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 680 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 681 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 682 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 683 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 684 Pgno lckPgno; /* Page number for the locking page */ 685 i64 pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 686 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 687 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 688 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 689 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 690 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 691 int aStat[4]; /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */ 692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 693 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 694 #endif 695 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 696 int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ 697 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 698 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 699 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 700 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 701 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 702 #endif 703 }; 704 705 /* 706 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 707 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 708 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 709 */ 710 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 711 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 712 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 713 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3 714 715 /* 716 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 717 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 718 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 719 */ 720 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 721 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 722 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 723 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 724 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 725 #else 726 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 727 #endif 728 729 730 731 /* 732 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 733 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 734 ** 735 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 736 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 737 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 738 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 739 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 740 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 741 ** journal and ignore it. 742 ** 743 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 744 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 745 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 746 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 747 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 748 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 749 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 750 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 751 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 752 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 753 */ 754 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 755 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 756 }; 757 758 /* 759 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 760 ** the following macro. 761 */ 762 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 763 764 /* 765 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 766 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 767 */ 768 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 769 770 /* 771 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 772 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 773 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 774 ** out code that would never execute. 775 */ 776 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 777 # define MEMDB 0 778 #else 779 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 780 #endif 781 782 /* 783 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 784 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 785 */ 786 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 787 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 788 #else 789 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 790 #endif 791 792 /* 793 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 794 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 795 ** 796 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 797 ** 798 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 799 ** 800 ** instead of 801 ** 802 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 803 */ 804 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 805 806 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ 807 /* 808 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file 809 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if: 810 ** 811 ** * the database file is open, 812 ** * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and 813 ** * the desired page is not currently in the wal file. 814 */ 815 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 816 if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0; 817 if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0; 818 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 819 if( pPager->pWal ){ 820 u32 iRead = 0; 821 int rc; 822 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead); 823 return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0); 824 } 825 #endif 826 return 1; 827 } 828 #endif 829 830 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 831 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0) 832 #else 833 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 834 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 835 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 836 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 837 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 838 #endif 839 840 #ifndef NDEBUG 841 /* 842 ** Usage: 843 ** 844 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 845 ** 846 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 847 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 848 */ 849 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 850 Pager *pPager = p; 851 852 /* State must be valid. */ 853 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 854 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 855 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 856 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 857 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 858 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 859 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 860 ); 861 862 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 863 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 864 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 865 */ 866 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 867 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 868 869 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 870 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 871 */ 872 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 873 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 874 875 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 876 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 877 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 878 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 879 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 880 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 881 ** state. 882 */ 883 if( MEMDB ){ 884 assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); 885 assert( p->noSync ); 886 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 887 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 888 ); 889 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 890 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 891 } 892 893 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 894 ** on the file. 895 */ 896 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 897 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 898 899 switch( p->eState ){ 900 case PAGER_OPEN: 901 assert( !MEMDB ); 902 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 903 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 904 break; 905 906 case PAGER_READER: 907 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 908 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 909 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 910 break; 911 912 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 913 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 914 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 915 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 916 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 917 } 918 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 919 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 920 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 921 assert( pPager->setSuper==0 ); 922 break; 923 924 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 925 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 926 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 927 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 928 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 929 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 930 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 931 ** to journal_mode=wal. 932 */ 933 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 934 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 935 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 936 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 937 ); 938 } 939 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 940 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 941 break; 942 943 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 944 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 945 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 946 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 947 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 948 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 949 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 950 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 951 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 952 ); 953 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 954 break; 955 956 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 957 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 958 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 959 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 960 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 961 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 962 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 963 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 964 ); 965 break; 966 967 case PAGER_ERROR: 968 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 969 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 970 ** back to OPEN state. 971 */ 972 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 973 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); 974 break; 975 } 976 977 return 1; 978 } 979 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 980 981 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 982 /* 983 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 984 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 985 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 986 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 987 ** 988 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 989 ** 990 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings 991 ** about an unused function. It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does 992 ** not appear in normal builds. 993 */ 994 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 995 static char zRet[1024]; 996 997 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 998 "Filename: %s\n" 999 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 1000 "Lock: %s\n" 1001 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 1002 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 1003 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 1004 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 1005 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 1006 , p->zFilename 1007 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 1008 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 1009 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 1010 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 1011 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 1012 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 1013 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 1014 , (int)p->errCode 1015 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1016 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1017 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1018 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1019 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1020 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1021 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1022 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1023 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1024 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1025 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1026 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1027 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1028 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1029 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1030 ); 1031 1032 return zRet; 1033 } 1034 #endif 1035 1036 /* Forward references to the various page getters */ 1037 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1038 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1039 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1040 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1041 #endif 1042 1043 /* 1044 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch 1045 ** content from the pager. 1046 */ 1047 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ 1048 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1049 pPager->xGet = getPageError; 1050 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1051 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 1052 pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; 1053 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 1054 }else{ 1055 pPager->xGet = getPageNormal; 1056 } 1057 } 1058 1059 /* 1060 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1061 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1062 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1063 ** 1064 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1065 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1066 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1067 */ 1068 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1069 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1070 PagerSavepoint *p; 1071 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1072 int i; 1073 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1074 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1075 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1076 for(i=i+1; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1077 pPager->aSavepoint[i].bTruncateOnRelease = 0; 1078 } 1079 return 1; 1080 } 1081 } 1082 return 0; 1083 } 1084 1085 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1086 /* 1087 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1088 */ 1089 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1090 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1091 } 1092 #endif 1093 1094 /* 1095 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1096 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1097 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1098 ** 1099 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1100 */ 1101 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1102 unsigned char ac[4]; 1103 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1104 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1105 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1106 } 1107 return rc; 1108 } 1109 1110 /* 1111 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1112 */ 1113 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1114 1115 1116 /* 1117 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1118 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1119 */ 1120 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1121 char ac[4]; 1122 put32bits(ac, val); 1123 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1124 } 1125 1126 /* 1127 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1128 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1129 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1130 ** 1131 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1132 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1133 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1134 */ 1135 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1136 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1137 1138 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1139 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1140 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1141 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1142 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1143 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1144 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1145 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1146 } 1147 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1148 } 1149 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */ 1150 return rc; 1151 } 1152 1153 /* 1154 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1155 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1156 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1157 ** 1158 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1159 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1160 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1161 ** of this. 1162 */ 1163 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1164 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1165 1166 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1167 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1168 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1169 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1170 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1171 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1172 } 1173 } 1174 return rc; 1175 } 1176 1177 /* 1178 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or 1179 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The 1180 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if: 1181 ** 1182 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1183 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1184 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1185 ** to the page size. 1186 ** 1187 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal 1188 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1189 ** 1190 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics() 1191 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is 1192 ** returned in this case. 1193 ** 1194 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned. 1195 */ 1196 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1197 assert( !MEMDB ); 1198 1199 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ 1200 || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) 1201 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1202 1203 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1204 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1205 #else 1206 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager); 1207 #endif 1208 1209 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 1210 if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){ 1211 return -1; 1212 } 1213 #endif 1214 1215 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1216 { 1217 int nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1218 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1219 1220 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1221 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1222 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1223 return 0; 1224 } 1225 } 1226 1227 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1228 #endif 1229 1230 return 0; 1231 } 1232 1233 /* 1234 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1235 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1236 ** and debugging only. 1237 */ 1238 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1239 /* 1240 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1241 */ 1242 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1243 u32 hash = 0; 1244 int i; 1245 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1246 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1247 } 1248 return hash; 1249 } 1250 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1251 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1252 } 1253 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1254 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1255 } 1256 1257 /* 1258 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1259 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1260 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1261 */ 1262 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1263 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1264 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1265 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1266 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1267 } 1268 1269 #else 1270 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1271 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1272 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1273 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1274 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1275 1276 /* 1277 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1278 ** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the 1279 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1280 ** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format 1281 ** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1282 ** 1283 ** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by 1284 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1285 ** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal 1286 ** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a 1287 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name 1288 ** were present in the journal. 1289 ** 1290 ** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1291 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A 1292 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the 1293 ** super-journal file name. 1294 ** 1295 ** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present 1296 ** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1297 ** 1298 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1299 ** error code is returned. 1300 */ 1301 static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zSuper, u32 nSuper){ 1302 int rc; /* Return code */ 1303 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */ 1304 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1305 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1306 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1307 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1308 zSuper[0] = '\0'; 1309 1310 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1311 || szJ<16 1312 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1313 || len>=nSuper 1314 || len>szJ-16 1315 || len==0 1316 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1317 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1318 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1319 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zSuper, len, szJ-16-len)) 1320 ){ 1321 return rc; 1322 } 1323 1324 /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */ 1325 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1326 cksum -= zSuper[u]; 1327 } 1328 if( cksum ){ 1329 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1330 ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means 1331 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1332 ** super-journal filename. 1333 */ 1334 len = 0; 1335 } 1336 zSuper[len] = '\0'; 1337 zSuper[len+1] = '\0'; 1338 1339 return SQLITE_OK; 1340 } 1341 1342 /* 1343 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1344 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1345 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1346 ** 1347 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1348 ** 1349 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1350 ** --------------------------------------- 1351 ** 0 0 1352 ** 512 512 1353 ** 100 512 1354 ** 2000 2048 1355 ** 1356 */ 1357 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1358 i64 offset = 0; 1359 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1360 if( c ){ 1361 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1362 } 1363 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1364 assert( offset>=c ); 1365 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1366 return offset; 1367 } 1368 1369 /* 1370 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1371 ** 1372 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1373 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1374 ** 1375 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1376 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1377 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1378 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1379 ** after writing or truncating it. 1380 ** 1381 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1382 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1383 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1384 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1385 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1386 ** 1387 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1388 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1389 */ 1390 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1391 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1392 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1393 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); 1394 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1395 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1396 1397 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1398 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1399 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1400 }else{ 1401 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1402 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1403 } 1404 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1405 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1406 } 1407 1408 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1409 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1410 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1411 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1412 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1413 */ 1414 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1415 i64 sz; 1416 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1417 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1418 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1419 } 1420 } 1421 } 1422 return rc; 1423 } 1424 1425 /* 1426 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1427 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1428 ** current location. 1429 ** 1430 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1431 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1432 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1433 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1434 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1435 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1436 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1437 ** 1438 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1439 */ 1440 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1441 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1442 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1443 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1444 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1445 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1446 1447 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1448 1449 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1450 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1451 } 1452 1453 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1454 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1455 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1456 */ 1457 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1458 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1459 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1460 } 1461 } 1462 1463 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1464 1465 /* 1466 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1467 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1468 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1469 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1470 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1471 ** 1472 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1473 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1474 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1475 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1476 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1477 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1478 ** 1479 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1480 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1481 ** 1482 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1483 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1484 */ 1485 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1486 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1487 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1488 ){ 1489 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1490 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1491 }else{ 1492 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1493 } 1494 1495 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1496 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1497 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1498 /* The initial database size */ 1499 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1500 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1501 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1502 1503 /* The page size */ 1504 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1505 1506 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1507 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1508 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1509 ** take the performance hit. 1510 */ 1511 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1512 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1513 1514 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1515 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1516 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1517 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1518 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1519 ** 1520 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1521 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1522 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1523 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1524 ** is done. 1525 ** 1526 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1527 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1528 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1529 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1530 */ 1531 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1532 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1533 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1534 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1535 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1536 } 1537 1538 return rc; 1539 } 1540 1541 /* 1542 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1543 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1544 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1545 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1546 ** a description of the journal header format. 1547 ** 1548 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1549 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1550 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1551 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1552 ** in this case. 1553 ** 1554 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1555 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1556 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1557 */ 1558 static int readJournalHdr( 1559 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1560 int isHot, 1561 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1562 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1563 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1564 ){ 1565 int rc; /* Return code */ 1566 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1567 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1568 1569 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1570 1571 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1572 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1573 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1574 */ 1575 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1576 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1577 return SQLITE_DONE; 1578 } 1579 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1580 1581 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1582 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1583 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1584 ** proceed. 1585 */ 1586 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1587 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1588 if( rc ){ 1589 return rc; 1590 } 1591 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1592 return SQLITE_DONE; 1593 } 1594 } 1595 1596 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1597 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1598 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1599 */ 1600 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1601 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1602 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1603 ){ 1604 return rc; 1605 } 1606 1607 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1608 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1609 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1610 1611 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1612 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1613 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1614 ){ 1615 return rc; 1616 } 1617 1618 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1619 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1620 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1621 */ 1622 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1623 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1624 } 1625 1626 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1627 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1628 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1629 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1630 */ 1631 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1632 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1633 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1634 ){ 1635 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1636 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1637 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1638 ** the journal file here. 1639 */ 1640 return SQLITE_DONE; 1641 } 1642 1643 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1644 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1645 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1646 */ 1647 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1648 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1649 1650 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1651 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1652 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1653 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1654 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1655 */ 1656 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1657 } 1658 1659 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1660 return rc; 1661 } 1662 1663 1664 /* 1665 ** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager 1666 ** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last 1667 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1668 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1669 ** anything is written. The format is: 1670 ** 1671 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_SJ_PGNO. 1672 ** + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8. 1673 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1674 ** + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum. 1675 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1676 ** 1677 ** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal 1678 ** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1679 ** 1680 ** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1681 ** this call is a no-op. 1682 */ 1683 static int writeSuperJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){ 1684 int rc; /* Return code */ 1685 int nSuper; /* Length of string zSuper */ 1686 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1687 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1688 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zSuper */ 1689 1690 assert( pPager->setSuper==0 ); 1691 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1692 1693 if( !zSuper 1694 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1695 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1696 ){ 1697 return SQLITE_OK; 1698 } 1699 pPager->setSuper = 1; 1700 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1701 1702 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */ 1703 for(nSuper=0; zSuper[nSuper]; nSuper++){ 1704 cksum += zSuper[nSuper]; 1705 } 1706 1707 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1708 ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1709 ** the journal has already been synced. 1710 */ 1711 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1712 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1713 } 1714 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1715 1716 /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1717 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1718 */ 1719 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1720 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zSuper, nSuper, iHdrOff+4))) 1721 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper, nSuper))) 1722 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper+4, cksum))) 1723 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1724 iHdrOff+4+nSuper+8))) 1725 ){ 1726 return rc; 1727 } 1728 pPager->journalOff += (nSuper+20); 1729 1730 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1731 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name 1732 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1733 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1734 ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine 1735 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1736 ** 1737 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1738 ** file to the required size. 1739 */ 1740 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1741 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1742 ){ 1743 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1744 } 1745 return rc; 1746 } 1747 1748 /* 1749 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1750 */ 1751 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1752 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1753 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1754 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1755 } 1756 1757 /* 1758 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1759 */ 1760 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1761 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1762 } 1763 1764 /* 1765 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1766 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1767 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1768 */ 1769 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1770 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1771 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1772 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1773 } 1774 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1775 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1776 } 1777 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1778 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1779 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1780 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1781 } 1782 1783 /* 1784 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1785 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1786 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1787 */ 1788 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1789 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1790 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1791 1792 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1793 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1794 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1795 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1796 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1797 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1798 } 1799 } 1800 return rc; 1801 } 1802 1803 /* 1804 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1805 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1806 ** state. 1807 ** 1808 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1809 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1810 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1811 ** closed (if it is open). 1812 ** 1813 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1814 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1815 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1816 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1817 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1818 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1819 */ 1820 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1821 1822 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1823 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1824 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1825 ); 1826 1827 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1828 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1829 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1830 1831 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1832 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1833 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1834 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1835 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1836 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1837 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1838 1839 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1840 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1841 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1842 ** out from under us. 1843 */ 1844 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1845 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1846 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1847 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1848 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1849 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1850 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1851 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1852 ){ 1853 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1854 } 1855 1856 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1857 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1858 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1859 ** is necessary. 1860 */ 1861 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1862 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1863 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1864 } 1865 1866 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1867 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1868 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1869 */ 1870 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1871 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1872 } 1873 1874 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1875 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1876 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1877 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1878 */ 1879 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1880 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1881 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 1882 pager_reset(pPager); 1883 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1884 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1885 }else{ 1886 pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); 1887 } 1888 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1889 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1890 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1891 } 1892 1893 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1894 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1895 pPager->setSuper = 0; 1896 } 1897 1898 /* 1899 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1900 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1901 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1902 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1903 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1904 ** 1905 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1906 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1907 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1908 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1909 ** 1910 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1911 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1912 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1913 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1914 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1915 ** it were a hot-journal). 1916 */ 1917 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1918 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1919 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1920 assert( 1921 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1922 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1923 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1924 ); 1925 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1926 pPager->errCode = rc; 1927 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1928 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1929 } 1930 return rc; 1931 } 1932 1933 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1934 1935 /* 1936 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) 1937 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). 1938 ** 1939 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. 1940 ** 1941 ** Rules: 1942 ** 1943 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary 1944 ** for transactions to be durable. 1945 ** 1946 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing 1947 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and 1948 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total 1949 ** cache size. 1950 */ 1951 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ 1952 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; 1953 if( !bCommit ) return 0; 1954 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; 1955 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); 1956 } 1957 1958 /* 1959 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1960 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1961 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1962 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1963 ** database transaction. 1964 ** 1965 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1966 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1967 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1968 ** 1969 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1970 ** 1971 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1972 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1973 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1974 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1975 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1976 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1977 ** 1978 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1979 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1980 ** in-memory journal. 1981 ** 1982 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1983 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1984 ** 1985 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1986 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1987 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1988 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1989 ** 1990 ** journalMode==DELETE 1991 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1992 ** 1993 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1994 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1995 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1996 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1997 ** 1998 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1999 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 2000 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 2001 ** 2002 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 2003 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 2004 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 2005 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 2006 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 2007 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 2008 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 2009 ** returned. 2010 */ 2011 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasSuper, int bCommit){ 2012 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 2013 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 2014 2015 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 2016 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 2017 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 2018 ** held under two circumstances: 2019 ** 2020 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 2021 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 2022 ** 2023 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 2024 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 2025 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 2026 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 2027 */ 2028 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2029 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2030 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 2031 return SQLITE_OK; 2032 } 2033 2034 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 2035 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 2036 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 2037 ); 2038 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 2039 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2040 2041 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 2042 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ 2043 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ 2044 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2045 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 2046 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 2047 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2048 }else{ 2049 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 2050 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 2051 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 2052 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 2053 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 2054 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 2055 */ 2056 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 2057 } 2058 } 2059 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2060 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 2061 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 2062 ){ 2063 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasSuper||pPager->tempFile); 2064 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2065 }else{ 2066 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 2067 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 2068 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 2069 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 2070 */ 2071 int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; 2072 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); 2073 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 2074 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 2075 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 2076 ); 2077 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2078 if( bDelete ){ 2079 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); 2080 } 2081 } 2082 } 2083 2084 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2085 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2086 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2087 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2088 if( p ){ 2089 p->pageHash = 0; 2090 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2091 } 2092 } 2093 #endif 2094 2095 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2096 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2097 pPager->nRec = 0; 2098 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2099 if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ 2100 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2101 }else{ 2102 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); 2103 } 2104 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2105 } 2106 2107 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2108 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2109 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2110 ** lock held on the database file. 2111 */ 2112 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2113 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2114 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2115 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2116 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2117 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2118 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2119 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2120 ** required size. */ 2121 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2122 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2123 } 2124 2125 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){ 2126 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2127 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2128 } 2129 2130 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2131 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2132 ){ 2133 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2134 } 2135 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2136 pPager->setSuper = 0; 2137 2138 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2139 } 2140 2141 /* 2142 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2143 ** database file. 2144 ** 2145 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2146 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2147 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2148 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2149 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2150 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2151 ** will roll it back. 2152 ** 2153 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2154 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2155 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2156 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2157 */ 2158 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2159 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2160 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2161 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2162 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2163 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2164 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2165 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2166 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2167 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2168 } 2169 } 2170 pager_unlock(pPager); 2171 } 2172 2173 /* 2174 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2175 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2176 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2177 ** 2178 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2179 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2180 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2181 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2182 ** 2183 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2184 ** incompatible journal file format. 2185 ** 2186 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2187 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2188 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2189 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2190 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2191 */ 2192 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2193 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2194 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2195 while( i>0 ){ 2196 cksum += aData[i]; 2197 i -= 200; 2198 } 2199 return cksum; 2200 } 2201 2202 /* 2203 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2204 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2205 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2206 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2207 ** 2208 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2209 ** not. 2210 ** 2211 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2212 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2213 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2214 ** 2215 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2216 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2217 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2218 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2219 ** prior to returning. 2220 ** 2221 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2222 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2223 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2224 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2225 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2226 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2227 ** two circumstances: 2228 ** 2229 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_SJ_PGNO), or 2230 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2231 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2232 ** 2233 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2234 ** 2235 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2236 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2237 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2238 */ 2239 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2240 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2241 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2242 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2243 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2244 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2245 ){ 2246 int rc; 2247 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2248 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2249 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2250 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2251 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2252 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2253 2254 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2255 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2256 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2257 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2258 2259 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2260 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2261 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2262 2263 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2264 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2265 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2266 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2267 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2268 */ 2269 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2270 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2271 ); 2272 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2273 2274 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2275 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2276 */ 2277 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2278 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2279 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2280 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2281 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2282 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2283 2284 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2285 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2286 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2287 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2288 */ 2289 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2290 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2291 return SQLITE_DONE; 2292 } 2293 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2294 return SQLITE_OK; 2295 } 2296 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2297 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2298 if( rc ) return rc; 2299 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2300 return SQLITE_DONE; 2301 } 2302 } 2303 2304 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2305 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2306 */ 2307 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2308 return rc; 2309 } 2310 2311 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2312 */ 2313 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2314 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2315 } 2316 2317 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2318 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2319 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2320 ** 2321 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2322 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2323 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2324 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2325 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2326 ** assert()able. 2327 ** 2328 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2329 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2330 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2331 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2332 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2333 ** 2334 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2335 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2336 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2337 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2338 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2339 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2340 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2341 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2342 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2343 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2344 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2345 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2346 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2347 ** 2348 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2349 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2350 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2351 */ 2352 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2353 pPg = 0; 2354 }else{ 2355 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2356 } 2357 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2358 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 2359 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2360 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2361 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2362 )); 2363 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2364 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2365 }else{ 2366 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2367 } 2368 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2369 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2370 && isSynced 2371 ){ 2372 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2373 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2374 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2375 2376 /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file. 2377 ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data 2378 ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception 2379 ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that 2380 ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database 2381 ** file. */ 2382 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2383 2384 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2385 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2386 } 2387 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2388 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2389 } 2390 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2391 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2392 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2393 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2394 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2395 ** current. 2396 ** 2397 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2398 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2399 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2400 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2401 ** 2402 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2403 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2404 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2405 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2406 */ 2407 assert( isSavepnt ); 2408 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2409 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2410 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2411 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2412 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2413 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2414 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2415 } 2416 if( pPg ){ 2417 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2418 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2419 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2420 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2421 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2422 */ 2423 void *pData; 2424 pData = pPg->pData; 2425 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2426 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2427 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But 2428 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache 2429 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so 2430 ** has been removed. */ 2431 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2432 2433 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2434 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2435 if( pgno==1 ){ 2436 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2437 } 2438 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2439 } 2440 return rc; 2441 } 2442 2443 /* 2444 ** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal 2445 ** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back. 2446 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file, 2447 ** and does so if it is. 2448 ** 2449 ** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2450 ** available for use within this function. 2451 ** 2452 ** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2453 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2454 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2455 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal 2456 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2457 ** 2458 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2459 ** 2460 ** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2461 ** journals have been rolled back. 2462 ** 2463 ** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into 2464 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2465 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2466 ** 2467 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2468 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal 2469 ** file zSuper 2470 ** 2471 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2472 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2473 ** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from 2474 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2475 ** 2476 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2477 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2478 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2479 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2480 ** 2481 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2482 ** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be 2483 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2484 ** size. 2485 */ 2486 static int pager_delsuper(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){ 2487 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2488 int rc; /* Return code */ 2489 sqlite3_file *pSuper; /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */ 2490 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2491 char *zSuperJournal = 0; /* Contents of super-journal file */ 2492 i64 nSuperJournal; /* Size of super-journal file */ 2493 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2494 char *zSuperPtr; /* Space to hold super-journal filename */ 2495 char *zFree = 0; /* Free this buffer */ 2496 int nSuperPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */ 2497 2498 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors. 2499 ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading. 2500 */ 2501 pSuper = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2502 if( !pSuper ){ 2503 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2504 pJournal = 0; 2505 }else{ 2506 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL); 2507 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zSuper, pSuper, flags, 0); 2508 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pSuper) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2509 } 2510 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out; 2511 2512 /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from 2513 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal. Also obtain 2514 ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal 2515 ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2516 */ 2517 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper, &nSuperJournal); 2518 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out; 2519 nSuperPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2520 zFree = sqlite3Malloc(4 + nSuperJournal + nSuperPtr + 2); 2521 if( !zFree ){ 2522 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2523 goto delsuper_out; 2524 } 2525 zFree[0] = zFree[1] = zFree[2] = zFree[3] = 0; 2526 zSuperJournal = &zFree[4]; 2527 zSuperPtr = &zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+2]; 2528 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pSuper, zSuperJournal, (int)nSuperJournal, 0); 2529 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out; 2530 zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal] = 0; 2531 zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+1] = 0; 2532 2533 zJournal = zSuperJournal; 2534 while( (zJournal-zSuperJournal)<nSuperJournal ){ 2535 int exists; 2536 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2537 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2538 goto delsuper_out; 2539 } 2540 if( exists ){ 2541 /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists. 2542 ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If 2543 ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file. 2544 ** NB: zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL. But call it a 2545 ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal 2546 ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object(). 2547 */ 2548 int c; 2549 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL); 2550 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2551 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2552 goto delsuper_out; 2553 } 2554 2555 rc = readSuperJournal(pJournal, zSuperPtr, nSuperPtr); 2556 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2557 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2558 goto delsuper_out; 2559 } 2560 2561 c = zSuperPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr, zSuper)==0; 2562 if( c ){ 2563 /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */ 2564 goto delsuper_out; 2565 } 2566 } 2567 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2568 } 2569 2570 sqlite3OsClose(pSuper); 2571 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0); 2572 2573 delsuper_out: 2574 sqlite3_free(zFree); 2575 if( pSuper ){ 2576 sqlite3OsClose(pSuper); 2577 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2578 sqlite3_free(pSuper); 2579 } 2580 return rc; 2581 } 2582 2583 2584 /* 2585 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2586 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2587 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2588 ** 2589 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2590 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2591 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2592 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2593 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2594 ** 2595 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2596 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2597 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2598 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2599 ** the end of the new file instead. 2600 ** 2601 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2602 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2603 */ 2604 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2605 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2606 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2607 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2608 2609 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2610 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2611 ){ 2612 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2613 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2614 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2615 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2616 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2617 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2618 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2619 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2620 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2621 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2622 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2623 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2624 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2625 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2626 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &newSize); 2627 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2628 } 2629 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2630 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2631 } 2632 } 2633 } 2634 return rc; 2635 } 2636 2637 /* 2638 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2639 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2640 */ 2641 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2642 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2643 if( iRet<32 ){ 2644 iRet = 512; 2645 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2646 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2647 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2648 } 2649 return iRet; 2650 } 2651 2652 /* 2653 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2654 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2655 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2656 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2657 ** super-journal pointers within created journal files. 2658 ** 2659 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2660 ** 2661 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2662 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2663 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2664 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2665 ** 2666 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2667 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2668 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2669 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2670 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2671 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2672 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2673 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2674 */ 2675 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2676 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2677 2678 if( pPager->tempFile 2679 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2680 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2681 ){ 2682 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2683 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2684 ** call will segfault. */ 2685 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2686 }else{ 2687 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2688 } 2689 } 2690 2691 /* 2692 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2693 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2694 ** 2695 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2696 ** 2697 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2698 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2699 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2700 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2701 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2702 ** sanity checksum. 2703 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2704 ** database to during a rollback. 2705 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2706 ** is this many bytes in size. 2707 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2708 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2709 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2710 ** + 4 byte page number. 2711 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2712 ** + 4 byte checksum 2713 ** 2714 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2715 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2716 ** 2717 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2718 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2719 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2720 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2721 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2722 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2723 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2724 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2725 ** 2726 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2727 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2728 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2729 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2730 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2731 ** 2732 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2733 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2734 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2735 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2736 ** been encountered. 2737 ** 2738 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2739 ** and an error code is returned. 2740 ** 2741 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2742 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2743 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2744 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2745 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2746 ** needed. 2747 */ 2748 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2749 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2750 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2751 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2752 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2753 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2754 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2755 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2756 char *zSuper = 0; /* Name of super-journal file if any */ 2757 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2758 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2759 u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 2760 2761 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2762 ** the journal is empty. 2763 */ 2764 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2765 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2766 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2767 goto end_playback; 2768 } 2769 2770 /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2771 ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2772 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2773 ** played back. 2774 ** 2775 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2776 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2777 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2778 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2779 ** for pageSize. 2780 */ 2781 zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2782 rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2783 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] ){ 2784 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2785 } 2786 zSuper = 0; 2787 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2788 goto end_playback; 2789 } 2790 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2791 needPagerReset = isHot; 2792 2793 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2794 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2795 ** occurs. 2796 */ 2797 while( 1 ){ 2798 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2799 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2800 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2801 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2802 */ 2803 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2804 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2805 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2806 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2807 } 2808 goto end_playback; 2809 } 2810 2811 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2812 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2813 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2814 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2815 */ 2816 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2817 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2818 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2819 } 2820 2821 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2822 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2823 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2824 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2825 ** size of the file. 2826 ** 2827 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2828 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2829 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2830 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2831 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2832 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2833 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2834 */ 2835 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2836 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2837 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2838 } 2839 2840 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2841 ** database file back to its original size. 2842 */ 2843 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2844 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2845 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2846 goto end_playback; 2847 } 2848 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2849 if( pPager->mxPgno<mxPg ){ 2850 pPager->mxPgno = mxPg; 2851 } 2852 } 2853 2854 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2855 ** database file and/or page cache. 2856 */ 2857 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2858 if( needPagerReset ){ 2859 pager_reset(pPager); 2860 needPagerReset = 0; 2861 } 2862 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2863 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2864 nPlayback++; 2865 }else{ 2866 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2867 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2868 break; 2869 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2870 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2871 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2872 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2873 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2874 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2875 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2876 goto end_playback; 2877 }else{ 2878 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2879 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2880 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2881 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2882 */ 2883 goto end_playback; 2884 } 2885 } 2886 } 2887 } 2888 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2889 assert( 0 ); 2890 2891 end_playback: 2892 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2893 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1); 2894 } 2895 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2896 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2897 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2898 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2899 */ 2900 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2901 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2902 #endif 2903 2904 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2905 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2906 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2907 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2908 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2909 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2910 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2911 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2912 */ 2913 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2914 2915 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2916 /* Leave 4 bytes of space before the super-journal filename in memory. 2917 ** This is because it may end up being passed to sqlite3OsOpen(), in 2918 ** which case it requires 4 0x00 bytes in memory immediately before 2919 ** the filename. */ 2920 zSuper = &pPager->pTmpSpace[4]; 2921 rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2922 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2923 } 2924 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2925 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2926 ){ 2927 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2928 } 2929 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2930 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zSuper[0]!='\0', 0); 2931 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2932 } 2933 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] && res ){ 2934 /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success, 2935 ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal. 2936 */ 2937 assert( zSuper==&pPager->pTmpSpace[4] ); 2938 memset(&zSuper[-4], 0, 4); 2939 rc = pager_delsuper(pPager, zSuper); 2940 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2941 } 2942 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2943 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2944 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2945 } 2946 2947 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2948 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2949 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2950 */ 2951 setSectorSize(pPager); 2952 return rc; 2953 } 2954 2955 2956 /* 2957 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of 2958 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into 2959 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2960 ** file before this function is called. 2961 ** 2962 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2963 ** the value read from the database file. 2964 ** 2965 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2966 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2967 */ 2968 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 2969 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2970 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2971 2972 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2973 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */ 2974 2975 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 2976 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 2977 2978 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2979 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 2980 if( rc ) return rc; 2981 } 2982 if( iFrame ){ 2983 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData); 2984 }else 2985 #endif 2986 { 2987 i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2988 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset); 2989 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2990 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2991 } 2992 } 2993 2994 if( pPg->pgno==1 ){ 2995 if( rc ){ 2996 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 2997 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 2998 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 2999 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 3000 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 3001 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 3002 ** 3003 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 3004 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 3005 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 3006 ** we should still be ok. 3007 */ 3008 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3009 }else{ 3010 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 3011 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3012 } 3013 } 3014 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 3015 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 3016 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); 3017 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 3018 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 3019 3020 return rc; 3021 } 3022 3023 /* 3024 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 3025 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 3026 ** 3027 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 3028 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 3029 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 3030 */ 3031 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 3032 u32 change_counter; 3033 if( NEVER(pPg==0) ) return; 3034 3035 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 3036 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 3037 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 3038 3039 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 3040 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 3041 ** is valid. */ 3042 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 3043 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 3044 } 3045 3046 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3047 /* 3048 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 3049 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 3050 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 3051 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 3052 ** 3053 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 3054 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 3055 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 3056 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 3057 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 3058 */ 3059 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3060 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3061 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3062 PgHdr *pPg; 3063 3064 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3065 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3066 if( pPg ){ 3067 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3068 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3069 }else{ 3070 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 3071 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3072 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3073 } 3074 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3075 } 3076 } 3077 3078 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3079 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3080 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3081 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3082 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3083 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3084 ** the backups must be restarted. 3085 */ 3086 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3087 3088 return rc; 3089 } 3090 3091 /* 3092 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3093 */ 3094 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3095 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3096 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3097 3098 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3099 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3100 ** following: 3101 ** 3102 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3103 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3104 */ 3105 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3106 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3107 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3108 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3109 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3110 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3111 pList = pNext; 3112 } 3113 3114 return rc; 3115 } 3116 3117 /* 3118 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3119 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3120 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3121 ** changed. 3122 ** 3123 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3124 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3125 */ 3126 static int pagerWalFrames( 3127 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3128 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3129 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3130 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3131 ){ 3132 int rc; /* Return code */ 3133 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3134 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3135 3136 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3137 assert( pList ); 3138 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3139 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3140 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3141 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3142 } 3143 #endif 3144 3145 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3146 if( isCommit ){ 3147 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3148 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3149 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3150 ** list here. */ 3151 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3152 nList = 0; 3153 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3154 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3155 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3156 nList++; 3157 } 3158 } 3159 assert( pList ); 3160 }else{ 3161 nList = 1; 3162 } 3163 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3164 3165 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3166 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3167 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3168 ); 3169 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3170 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3171 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3172 } 3173 } 3174 3175 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3176 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3177 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3178 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3179 } 3180 #endif 3181 3182 return rc; 3183 } 3184 3185 /* 3186 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3187 ** 3188 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3189 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3190 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3191 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3192 */ 3193 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3194 int rc; /* Return code */ 3195 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3196 3197 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3198 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3199 3200 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3201 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3202 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3203 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3204 */ 3205 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3206 3207 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3208 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3209 pager_reset(pPager); 3210 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3211 } 3212 3213 return rc; 3214 } 3215 #endif 3216 3217 /* 3218 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3219 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3220 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3221 ** 3222 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3223 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3224 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3225 */ 3226 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3227 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3228 3229 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3230 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3231 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3232 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3233 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3234 */ 3235 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3236 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3237 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3238 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 3239 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3240 3241 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3242 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of 3243 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3244 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3245 */ 3246 if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ 3247 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3248 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3249 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3250 return rc; 3251 } 3252 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3253 } 3254 3255 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3256 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3257 ** that the file can be read. 3258 */ 3259 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3260 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3261 } 3262 3263 *pnPage = nPage; 3264 return SQLITE_OK; 3265 } 3266 3267 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3268 /* 3269 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3270 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3271 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3272 ** 3273 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3274 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3275 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3276 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3277 ** 3278 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3279 ** 3280 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3281 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3282 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3283 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3284 ** other connection. 3285 */ 3286 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3287 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3288 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3289 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3290 3291 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3292 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3293 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3294 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3295 ); 3296 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3297 if( isWal ){ 3298 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3299 3300 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3301 if( rc ) return rc; 3302 if( nPage==0 ){ 3303 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3304 }else{ 3305 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3306 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3307 } 3308 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3309 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3310 } 3311 } 3312 } 3313 return rc; 3314 } 3315 #endif 3316 3317 /* 3318 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3319 ** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3320 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3321 ** savepoint. 3322 ** 3323 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3324 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3325 ** performed in the order specified: 3326 ** 3327 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3328 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3329 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3330 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3331 ** 3332 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3333 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3334 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3335 ** 3336 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3337 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3338 ** the journal file. 3339 ** 3340 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3341 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3342 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3343 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3344 ** 3345 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3346 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3347 ** 3348 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3349 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3350 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3351 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3352 */ 3353 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3354 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3355 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3356 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3357 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3358 3359 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3360 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3361 3362 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3363 if( pSavepoint ){ 3364 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3365 if( !pDone ){ 3366 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3367 } 3368 } 3369 3370 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3371 ** being reverted was opened. 3372 */ 3373 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3374 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3375 3376 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3377 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3378 } 3379 3380 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3381 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3382 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3383 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3384 */ 3385 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3386 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3387 3388 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3389 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3390 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3391 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3392 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3393 ** are played back. 3394 */ 3395 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3396 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3397 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3398 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3399 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3400 } 3401 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3402 }else{ 3403 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3404 } 3405 3406 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3407 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3408 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3409 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3410 */ 3411 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3412 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3413 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3414 u32 dummy; 3415 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3416 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3417 3418 /* 3419 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3420 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3421 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3422 */ 3423 if( nJRec==0 3424 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3425 ){ 3426 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3427 } 3428 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3429 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3430 } 3431 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3432 } 3433 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3434 3435 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3436 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3437 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3438 */ 3439 if( pSavepoint ){ 3440 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3441 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3442 3443 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3444 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3445 } 3446 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3447 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3448 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3449 } 3450 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3451 } 3452 3453 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3454 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3455 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3456 } 3457 3458 return rc; 3459 } 3460 3461 /* 3462 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3463 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3464 */ 3465 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3466 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3467 } 3468 3469 /* 3470 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3471 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3472 */ 3473 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3474 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3475 } 3476 3477 /* 3478 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3479 */ 3480 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3481 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3482 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3483 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3484 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3485 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3486 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3487 setGetterMethod(pPager); 3488 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3489 } 3490 #endif 3491 } 3492 3493 /* 3494 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3495 */ 3496 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3497 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3498 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3499 } 3500 3501 /* 3502 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3503 */ 3504 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3505 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3506 } 3507 3508 /* 3509 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3510 ** 3511 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3512 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3513 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3514 ** There are four levels: 3515 ** 3516 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3517 ** for temporary and transient files. 3518 ** 3519 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3520 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3521 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3522 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3523 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3524 ** when it is rolled back. 3525 ** 3526 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3527 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3528 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3529 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3530 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3531 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3532 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3533 ** 3534 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory 3535 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback 3536 ** journal is unlinked. 3537 ** 3538 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3539 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3540 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3541 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3542 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3543 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3544 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3545 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL 3546 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. 3547 ** 3548 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3549 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3550 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3551 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3552 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3553 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3554 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3555 ** 3556 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3557 ** and FULL=3. 3558 */ 3559 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3560 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3561 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3562 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3563 ){ 3564 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3565 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 3566 pPager->noSync = 1; 3567 pPager->fullSync = 0; 3568 pPager->extraSync = 0; 3569 }else{ 3570 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; 3571 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; 3572 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; 3573 } 3574 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3575 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3576 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3577 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3578 }else{ 3579 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3580 } 3581 pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2); 3582 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3583 pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags; 3584 } 3585 if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){ 3586 pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2); 3587 } 3588 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3589 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3590 }else{ 3591 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3592 } 3593 } 3594 #endif 3595 3596 /* 3597 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3598 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3599 ** testing and analysis only. 3600 */ 3601 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3602 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3603 #endif 3604 3605 /* 3606 ** Open a temporary file. 3607 ** 3608 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3609 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3610 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3611 ** 3612 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3613 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3614 ** 3615 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3616 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3617 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3618 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3619 */ 3620 static int pagerOpentemp( 3621 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3622 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3623 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3624 ){ 3625 int rc; /* Return code */ 3626 3627 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3628 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3629 #endif 3630 3631 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3632 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3633 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3634 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3635 return rc; 3636 } 3637 3638 /* 3639 ** Set the busy handler function. 3640 ** 3641 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3642 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3643 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3644 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3645 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3646 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3647 ** 3648 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3649 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3650 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3651 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3652 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3653 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3654 ** 3655 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3656 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3657 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3658 */ 3659 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler( 3660 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3661 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3662 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3663 ){ 3664 void **ap; 3665 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3666 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3667 ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3668 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3669 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3670 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3671 } 3672 3673 /* 3674 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3675 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3676 ** 3677 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3678 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3679 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3680 ** 3681 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3682 ** 3683 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3684 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3685 ** 3686 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3687 ** 3688 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3689 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3690 ** 3691 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3692 ** 3693 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3694 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3695 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3696 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3697 ** 3698 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3699 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3700 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3701 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3702 */ 3703 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3704 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3705 3706 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3707 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3708 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3709 ** 3710 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3711 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3712 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3713 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3714 */ 3715 3716 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3717 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3718 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3719 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3720 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3721 ){ 3722 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3723 i64 nByte = 0; 3724 3725 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3726 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3727 } 3728 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3729 /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree 3730 * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */ 3731 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8); 3732 if( !pNew ){ 3733 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3734 }else{ 3735 memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8); 3736 } 3737 } 3738 3739 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3740 pager_reset(pPager); 3741 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3742 } 3743 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3744 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3745 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3746 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3747 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3748 pPager->lckPgno = (Pgno)(PENDING_BYTE/pageSize) + 1; 3749 }else{ 3750 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3751 } 3752 } 3753 3754 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3755 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3756 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3757 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3758 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3759 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3760 } 3761 return rc; 3762 } 3763 3764 /* 3765 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3766 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3767 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3768 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3769 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3770 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3771 */ 3772 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3773 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3774 } 3775 3776 /* 3777 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3778 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3779 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3780 ** 3781 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3782 */ 3783 Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, Pgno mxPage){ 3784 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3785 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3786 } 3787 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3788 /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */ 3789 /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not 3790 ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this 3791 ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */ 3792 return pPager->mxPgno; 3793 } 3794 3795 /* 3796 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3797 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3798 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3799 ** 3800 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3801 ** and generate no code. 3802 */ 3803 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3804 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3805 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3806 static int saved_cnt; 3807 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3808 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3809 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3810 } 3811 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3812 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3813 } 3814 #else 3815 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3816 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3817 #endif 3818 3819 /* 3820 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3821 ** that pDest points to. 3822 ** 3823 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3824 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3825 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3826 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3827 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3828 ** 3829 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3830 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3831 ** output buffer undefined. 3832 */ 3833 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3834 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3835 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3836 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3837 3838 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3839 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3840 ** to WAL mode yet. 3841 */ 3842 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3843 3844 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3845 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3846 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3847 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3848 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3849 } 3850 } 3851 return rc; 3852 } 3853 3854 /* 3855 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3856 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3857 ** 3858 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3859 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3860 */ 3861 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3862 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3863 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3864 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3865 } 3866 3867 3868 /* 3869 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3870 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3871 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3872 ** 3873 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3874 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3875 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3876 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3877 ** 3878 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3879 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3880 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3881 */ 3882 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3883 int rc; /* Return code */ 3884 3885 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3886 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3887 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3888 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3889 */ 3890 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3891 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3892 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3893 ); 3894 3895 do { 3896 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3897 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3898 return rc; 3899 } 3900 3901 /* 3902 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3903 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3904 ** 3905 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3906 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3907 ** 3908 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3909 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal. 3910 ** 3911 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3912 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3913 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3914 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3915 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3916 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3917 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3918 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3919 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3920 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3921 */ 3922 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3923 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3924 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 3925 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3926 if( pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize ){ /* if (a) is false */ 3927 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 3928 int i; 3929 for(i=0; i<pPg->pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 3930 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 3931 assert( p->nOrig<pgno || sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint,pgno) ); 3932 } 3933 } 3934 } 3935 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3936 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3937 } 3938 #else 3939 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3940 #endif 3941 3942 /* 3943 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3944 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3945 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3946 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3947 ** 3948 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3949 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3950 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3951 ** then continue writing to the database. 3952 */ 3953 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3954 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage || CORRUPT_DB ); 3955 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3956 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3957 3958 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3959 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3960 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3961 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3962 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3963 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3964 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3965 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3966 ** is no longer correct. */ 3967 } 3968 3969 3970 /* 3971 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3972 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3973 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3974 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3975 ** 3976 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3977 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3978 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3979 ** content as this process. 3980 ** 3981 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 3982 ** an SQLite error code. 3983 */ 3984 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 3985 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3986 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3987 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 3988 } 3989 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3990 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 3991 } 3992 return rc; 3993 } 3994 3995 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3996 /* 3997 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 3998 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 3999 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 4000 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 4001 ** *ppPage to zero. 4002 ** 4003 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 4004 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 4005 */ 4006 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 4007 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 4008 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 4009 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 4010 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 4011 ){ 4012 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 4013 4014 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 4015 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4016 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 4017 p->pDirty = 0; 4018 assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 ); 4019 memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8); 4020 }else{ 4021 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 4022 if( p==0 ){ 4023 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 4024 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4025 } 4026 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 4027 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 4028 p->nRef = 1; 4029 p->pPager = pPager; 4030 } 4031 4032 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 4033 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 4034 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 4035 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 4036 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 4037 4038 p->pgno = pgno; 4039 p->pData = pData; 4040 pPager->nMmapOut++; 4041 4042 return SQLITE_OK; 4043 } 4044 #endif 4045 4046 /* 4047 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 4048 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 4049 */ 4050 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4051 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4052 pPager->nMmapOut--; 4053 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4054 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 4055 4056 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 4057 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 4058 } 4059 4060 /* 4061 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 4062 */ 4063 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 4064 PgHdr *p; 4065 PgHdr *pNext; 4066 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 4067 pNext = p->pDirty; 4068 sqlite3_free(p); 4069 } 4070 } 4071 4072 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4073 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought 4074 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4075 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4076 */ 4077 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4078 int bHasMoved = 0; 4079 int rc; 4080 4081 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4082 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4083 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4084 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4085 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4086 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4087 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4088 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4089 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4090 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4091 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4092 } 4093 return rc; 4094 } 4095 4096 4097 /* 4098 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 4099 ** 4100 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 4101 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4102 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4103 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4104 ** result in a coredump. 4105 ** 4106 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4107 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4108 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4109 ** to the caller. 4110 */ 4111 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 4112 u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4113 assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 4114 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4115 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4116 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4117 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4118 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4119 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4120 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4121 { 4122 u8 *a = 0; 4123 assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); 4124 if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) 4125 && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager) 4126 ){ 4127 a = pTmp; 4128 } 4129 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a); 4130 pPager->pWal = 0; 4131 } 4132 #endif 4133 pager_reset(pPager); 4134 if( MEMDB ){ 4135 pager_unlock(pPager); 4136 }else{ 4137 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4138 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4139 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4140 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4141 ** 4142 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4143 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4144 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4145 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4146 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4147 */ 4148 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4149 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4150 } 4151 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4152 } 4153 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4154 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4155 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4156 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4157 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4158 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4159 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4160 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4161 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4162 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4163 4164 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4165 return SQLITE_OK; 4166 } 4167 4168 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4169 /* 4170 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4171 */ 4172 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4173 return pPg->pgno; 4174 } 4175 #endif 4176 4177 /* 4178 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4179 */ 4180 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4181 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4182 } 4183 4184 /* 4185 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4186 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4187 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4188 ** 4189 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4190 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4191 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4192 ** 4193 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4194 ** be taken. 4195 ** 4196 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4197 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4198 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4199 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4200 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4201 ** 4202 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4203 ** journal file is synced. 4204 ** 4205 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4206 ** 4207 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4208 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4209 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4210 ** <update nRec field> 4211 ** } 4212 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4213 ** } 4214 ** 4215 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4216 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4217 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4218 */ 4219 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4220 int rc; /* Return code */ 4221 4222 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4223 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4224 ); 4225 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4226 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4227 4228 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4229 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4230 4231 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4232 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4233 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4234 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4235 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4236 4237 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4238 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4239 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4240 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4241 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4242 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4243 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4244 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4245 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4246 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4247 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4248 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4249 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4250 ** 4251 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4252 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4253 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4254 ** 4255 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4256 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4257 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4258 ** the potential journal header. 4259 */ 4260 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4261 u8 aMagic[8]; 4262 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4263 4264 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4265 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4266 4267 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4268 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4269 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4270 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4271 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4272 } 4273 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4274 return rc; 4275 } 4276 4277 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4278 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4279 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4280 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4281 ** 4282 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4283 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4284 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4285 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4286 ** and never needs to be updated. 4287 */ 4288 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4289 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4290 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4291 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4292 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4293 } 4294 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4295 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4296 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4297 ); 4298 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4299 } 4300 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4301 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4302 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4303 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4304 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4305 ); 4306 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4307 } 4308 4309 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4310 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4311 pPager->nRec = 0; 4312 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4313 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4314 } 4315 }else{ 4316 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4317 } 4318 } 4319 4320 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4321 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4322 ** all pages. 4323 */ 4324 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4325 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4326 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4327 return SQLITE_OK; 4328 } 4329 4330 /* 4331 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4332 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4333 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4334 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4335 ** a no-op. 4336 ** 4337 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4338 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4339 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4340 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4341 ** 4342 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4343 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4344 ** written out. 4345 ** 4346 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4347 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4348 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4349 ** 4350 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4351 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4352 ** 4353 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4354 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4355 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4356 ** the database file. 4357 ** 4358 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4359 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4360 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4361 */ 4362 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4363 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4364 4365 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4366 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4367 assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4368 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4369 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); 4370 4371 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4372 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4373 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4374 */ 4375 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4376 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4377 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4378 } 4379 4380 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4381 ** file size will be. 4382 */ 4383 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4384 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4385 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4386 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4387 ){ 4388 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4389 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4390 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4391 } 4392 4393 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4394 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4395 4396 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4397 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4398 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4399 ** any such pages to the file. 4400 ** 4401 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4402 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4403 */ 4404 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4405 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4406 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4407 4408 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4409 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4410 4411 pData = pList->pData; 4412 4413 /* Write out the page data. */ 4414 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4415 4416 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4417 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4418 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4419 */ 4420 if( pgno==1 ){ 4421 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4422 } 4423 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4424 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4425 } 4426 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4427 4428 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4429 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4430 4431 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4432 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4433 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4434 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4435 }else{ 4436 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4437 } 4438 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4439 pList = pList->pDirty; 4440 } 4441 4442 return rc; 4443 } 4444 4445 /* 4446 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4447 ** function is a no-op. 4448 ** 4449 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4450 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4451 ** fails. 4452 */ 4453 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4454 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4455 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4456 const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 4457 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 4458 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 4459 int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 4460 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4461 nStmtSpill = -1; 4462 } 4463 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); 4464 } 4465 return rc; 4466 } 4467 4468 /* 4469 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4470 ** 4471 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4472 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4473 ** 4474 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4475 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4476 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4477 ** bitvec. 4478 */ 4479 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4480 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4481 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4482 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4483 4484 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4485 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4486 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4487 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4488 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4489 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4490 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4491 ); 4492 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4493 4494 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4495 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4496 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4497 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4498 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4499 char *pData2; 4500 pData2 = pData; 4501 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4502 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4503 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4504 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4505 } 4506 } 4507 } 4508 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4509 pPager->nSubRec++; 4510 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4511 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4512 } 4513 return rc; 4514 } 4515 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4516 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4517 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4518 }else{ 4519 return SQLITE_OK; 4520 } 4521 } 4522 4523 /* 4524 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4525 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4526 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4527 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4528 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4529 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4530 ** argument. 4531 ** 4532 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4533 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4534 ** journal file. 4535 ** 4536 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4537 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4538 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4539 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4540 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4541 */ 4542 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4543 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4544 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4545 4546 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4547 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4548 4549 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4550 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4551 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4552 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4553 ** 4554 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4555 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4556 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4557 ** 4558 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4559 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4560 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4561 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4562 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4563 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4564 */ 4565 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4566 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4567 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4568 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4569 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4570 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4571 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4572 ){ 4573 return SQLITE_OK; 4574 } 4575 4576 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++; 4577 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4578 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4579 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4580 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4581 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4582 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4583 } 4584 }else{ 4585 4586 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 4587 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 4588 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 4589 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4590 } 4591 #endif 4592 4593 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4594 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4595 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4596 ){ 4597 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4598 } 4599 4600 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4601 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4602 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4603 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4604 } 4605 } 4606 4607 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4608 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4609 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4610 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4611 } 4612 4613 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4614 } 4615 4616 /* 4617 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4618 */ 4619 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4620 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4621 if( !MEMDB ){ 4622 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4623 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4624 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4625 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4626 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4627 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4628 } 4629 pList = pNext; 4630 } 4631 } 4632 4633 return rc; 4634 } 4635 4636 /* 4637 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4638 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4639 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4640 ** 4641 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4642 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4643 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4644 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4645 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4646 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4647 ** 4648 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4649 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4650 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the 4651 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized. 4652 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.) 4653 ** 4654 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4655 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4656 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4657 ** 4658 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4659 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4660 ** 4661 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4662 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4663 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4664 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4665 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4666 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4667 */ 4668 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4669 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4670 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4671 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4672 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4673 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4674 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4675 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4676 ){ 4677 u8 *pPtr; 4678 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4679 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4680 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4681 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4682 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE 4683 int memJM = 0; /* Memory journal mode */ 4684 #else 4685 # define memJM 0 4686 #endif 4687 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4688 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4689 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4690 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4691 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4692 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4693 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4694 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4695 int nUriByte = 1; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4696 int nUri = 0; /* Number of URI parameters */ 4697 4698 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4699 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ 4700 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4701 4702 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4703 *ppPager = 0; 4704 4705 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4706 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4707 memDb = 1; 4708 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4709 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4710 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4711 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4712 zFilename = 0; 4713 } 4714 } 4715 #endif 4716 4717 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4718 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4719 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4720 */ 4721 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4722 const char *z; 4723 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4724 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4725 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4726 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4727 } 4728 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4729 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4730 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4731 if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){ 4732 if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){ 4733 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK; 4734 }else{ 4735 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4736 } 4737 } 4738 } 4739 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4740 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4741 while( *z ){ 4742 z += strlen(z)+1; 4743 z += strlen(z)+1; 4744 nUri++; 4745 } 4746 nUriByte = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4747 assert( nUriByte>=1 ); 4748 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4749 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4750 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4751 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4752 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4753 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4754 */ 4755 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4756 } 4757 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4758 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4759 return rc; 4760 } 4761 } 4762 4763 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4764 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4765 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4766 ** 4767 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4768 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4769 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4770 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4771 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4772 ** Ptr back to the Pager (sizeof(Pager*) bytes) 4773 ** \0\0\0\0 database prefix (4 bytes) 4774 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4775 ** URI query parameters (nUriByte bytes) 4776 ** Journal filename (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4777 ** WAL filename (nPathname+4+1 bytes) 4778 ** \0\0\0 terminator (3 bytes) 4779 ** 4780 ** Some 3rd-party software, over which we have no control, depends on 4781 ** the specific order of the filenames and the \0 separators between them 4782 ** so that it can (for example) find the database filename given the WAL 4783 ** filename without using the sqlite3_filename_database() API. This is a 4784 ** misuse of SQLite and a bug in the 3rd-party software, but the 3rd-party 4785 ** software is in widespread use, so we try to avoid changing the filename 4786 ** order and formatting if possible. In particular, the details of the 4787 ** filename format expected by 3rd-party software should be as follows: 4788 ** 4789 ** - Main Database Path 4790 ** - \0 4791 ** - Multiple URI components consisting of: 4792 ** - Key 4793 ** - \0 4794 ** - Value 4795 ** - \0 4796 ** - \0 4797 ** - Journal Path 4798 ** - \0 4799 ** - WAL Path (zWALName) 4800 ** - \0 4801 ** 4802 ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility 4803 ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the 4804 ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format 4805 ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well. 4806 */ 4807 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4808 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4809 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4810 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4811 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4812 sizeof(pPager) + /* Space to hold a pointer */ 4813 4 + /* Database prefix */ 4814 nPathname + 1 + /* database filename */ 4815 nUriByte + /* query parameters */ 4816 nPathname + 8 + 1 + /* Journal filename */ 4817 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4818 nPathname + 4 + 1 + /* WAL filename */ 4819 #endif 4820 3 /* Terminator */ 4821 ); 4822 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4823 if( !pPtr ){ 4824 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4825 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4826 } 4827 pPager = (Pager*)pPtr; pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)); 4828 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)pPtr; pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize); 4829 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile); 4830 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += journalFileSize; 4831 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr; pPtr += journalFileSize; 4832 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4833 memcpy(pPtr, &pPager, sizeof(pPager)); pPtr += sizeof(pPager); 4834 4835 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */ 4836 pPtr += 4; /* Skip zero prefix */ 4837 pPager->zFilename = (char*)pPtr; 4838 if( nPathname>0 ){ 4839 memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname); pPtr += nPathname + 1; 4840 if( zUri ){ 4841 memcpy(pPtr, zUri, nUriByte); pPtr += nUriByte; 4842 }else{ 4843 pPtr++; 4844 } 4845 } 4846 4847 4848 /* Fill in Pager.zJournal */ 4849 if( nPathname>0 ){ 4850 pPager->zJournal = (char*)pPtr; 4851 memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname); pPtr += nPathname; 4852 memcpy(pPtr, "-journal",8); pPtr += 8 + 1; 4853 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES 4854 sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename,pPager->zJournal); 4855 pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zJournal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zJournal)+1); 4856 #endif 4857 }else{ 4858 pPager->zJournal = 0; 4859 } 4860 4861 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4862 /* Fill in Pager.zWal */ 4863 if( nPathname>0 ){ 4864 pPager->zWal = (char*)pPtr; 4865 memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname); pPtr += nPathname; 4866 memcpy(pPtr, "-wal", 4); pPtr += 4 + 1; 4867 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES 4868 sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4869 pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zWal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zWal)+1); 4870 #endif 4871 }else{ 4872 pPager->zWal = 0; 4873 } 4874 #endif 4875 (void)pPtr; /* Suppress warning about unused pPtr value */ 4876 4877 if( nPathname ) sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4878 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4879 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4880 4881 /* Open the pager file. 4882 */ 4883 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4884 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4885 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4886 assert( !memDb ); 4887 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE 4888 pPager->memVfs = memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0; 4889 #endif 4890 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0; 4891 4892 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4893 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4894 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4895 ** 4896 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4897 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4898 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4899 */ 4900 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4901 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4902 if( !readOnly ){ 4903 setSectorSize(pPager); 4904 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4905 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4906 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4907 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4908 }else{ 4909 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4910 } 4911 } 4912 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4913 { 4914 int ii; 4915 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4916 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4917 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4918 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4919 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4920 szPageDflt = ii; 4921 } 4922 } 4923 } 4924 #endif 4925 } 4926 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4927 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4928 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4929 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4930 goto act_like_temp_file; 4931 } 4932 } 4933 }else{ 4934 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4935 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4936 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4937 ** 4938 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4939 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4940 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4941 ** 4942 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4943 */ 4944 act_like_temp_file: 4945 tempFile = 1; 4946 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4947 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4948 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4949 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4950 } 4951 4952 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4953 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4954 */ 4955 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4956 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4957 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4958 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4959 } 4960 4961 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4962 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4963 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4964 assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 ); 4965 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4966 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4967 } 4968 4969 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4970 */ 4971 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4972 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4973 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4974 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4975 return rc; 4976 } 4977 4978 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4979 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4980 4981 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4982 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4983 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4984 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4985 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4986 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4987 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4988 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4989 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4990 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4991 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4992 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4993 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4994 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4995 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4996 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4997 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4998 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4999 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 5000 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 5001 if( pPager->noSync ){ 5002 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 5003 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); 5004 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 5005 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 5006 }else{ 5007 pPager->fullSync = 1; 5008 pPager->extraSync = 0; 5009 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 5010 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2); 5011 } 5012 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 5013 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 5014 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 5015 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 5016 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 5017 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 5018 setSectorSize(pPager); 5019 if( !useJournal ){ 5020 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 5021 }else if( memDb || memJM ){ 5022 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 5023 } 5024 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 5025 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 5026 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 5027 setGetterMethod(pPager); 5028 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 5029 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 5030 5031 *ppPager = pPager; 5032 return SQLITE_OK; 5033 } 5034 5035 /* 5036 ** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name 5037 ** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into 5038 ** xOpen. 5039 */ 5040 sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){ 5041 Pager *pPager; 5042 while( zName[-1]!=0 || zName[-2]!=0 || zName[-3]!=0 || zName[-4]!=0 ){ 5043 zName--; 5044 } 5045 pPager = *(Pager**)(zName - 4 - sizeof(Pager*)); 5046 return pPager->fd; 5047 } 5048 5049 5050 /* 5051 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 5052 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 5053 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 5054 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 5055 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 5056 ** 5057 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 5058 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 5059 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 5060 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 5061 ** 5062 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 5063 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 5064 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 5065 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 5066 ** is returned. 5067 ** 5068 ** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename 5069 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file 5070 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 5071 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 5072 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 5073 ** will not roll it back. 5074 ** 5075 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 5076 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 5077 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 5078 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 5079 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 5080 */ 5081 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 5082 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5083 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5084 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 5085 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 5086 5087 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 5088 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 5089 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5090 5091 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 5092 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 5093 )); 5094 5095 *pExists = 0; 5096 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5097 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 5098 } 5099 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 5100 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 5101 5102 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 5103 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 5104 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 5105 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 5106 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 5107 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 5108 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 5109 */ 5110 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 5111 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 5112 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 5113 5114 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 5115 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5116 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5117 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 5118 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 5119 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 5120 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 5121 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 5122 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 5123 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 5124 */ 5125 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 5126 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5127 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 5128 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 5129 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5130 } 5131 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5132 }else{ 5133 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 5134 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 5135 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 5136 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 5137 ** it can be ignored. 5138 */ 5139 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5140 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5141 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 5142 } 5143 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5144 u8 first = 0; 5145 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 5146 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5147 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5148 } 5149 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5150 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5151 } 5152 *pExists = (first!=0); 5153 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 5154 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 5155 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 5156 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 5157 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 5158 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 5159 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 5160 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 5161 ** worry so much with race conditions. 5162 */ 5163 *pExists = 1; 5164 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5165 } 5166 } 5167 } 5168 } 5169 } 5170 5171 return rc; 5172 } 5173 5174 /* 5175 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 5176 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 5177 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 5178 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 5179 ** 5180 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5181 ** 5182 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5183 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5184 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5185 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5186 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5187 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5188 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5189 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5190 ** 5191 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5192 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5193 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5194 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5195 ** file. 5196 ** 5197 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5198 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5199 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5200 */ 5201 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5202 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5203 5204 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5205 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5206 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5207 ** exclusive access mode. */ 5208 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5209 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5210 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5211 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5212 5213 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5214 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5215 5216 assert( !MEMDB ); 5217 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 5218 5219 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5220 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5221 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5222 goto failed; 5223 } 5224 5225 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5226 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5227 */ 5228 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5229 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5230 } 5231 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5232 goto failed; 5233 } 5234 if( bHotJournal ){ 5235 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5236 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5237 goto failed; 5238 } 5239 5240 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5241 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5242 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5243 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5244 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5245 ** hot-journal back. 5246 ** 5247 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5248 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5249 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5250 ** on the database file. 5251 ** 5252 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5253 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5254 */ 5255 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5256 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5257 goto failed; 5258 } 5259 5260 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5261 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5262 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5263 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5264 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5265 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5266 ** 5267 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5268 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5269 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5270 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5271 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5272 */ 5273 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5274 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5275 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5276 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5277 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5278 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5279 int fout = 0; 5280 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5281 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5282 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5283 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5284 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5285 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5286 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5287 } 5288 } 5289 } 5290 5291 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5292 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5293 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5294 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5295 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5296 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5297 ** the journal before playing it back. 5298 */ 5299 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5300 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5301 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5302 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5303 rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); 5304 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5305 } 5306 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5307 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5308 } 5309 5310 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5311 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5312 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5313 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5314 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5315 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5316 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5317 ** 5318 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5319 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5320 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5321 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5322 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5323 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5324 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5325 ** references. 5326 */ 5327 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5328 goto failed; 5329 } 5330 5331 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5332 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5333 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5334 ); 5335 } 5336 5337 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5338 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5339 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5340 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5341 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5342 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5343 ** 5344 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5345 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5346 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5347 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5348 ** a codec is in use. 5349 ** 5350 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5351 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5352 ** it can be neglected. 5353 */ 5354 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5355 5356 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5357 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5358 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5359 if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5360 goto failed; 5361 } 5362 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5363 } 5364 5365 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5366 pager_reset(pPager); 5367 5368 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5369 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5370 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5371 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5372 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5373 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5374 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5375 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5376 } 5377 } 5378 } 5379 5380 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5381 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5382 */ 5383 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5384 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5385 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5386 #endif 5387 } 5388 5389 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5390 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5391 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5392 } 5393 5394 if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5395 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5396 } 5397 5398 failed: 5399 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5400 assert( !MEMDB ); 5401 pager_unlock(pPager); 5402 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5403 }else{ 5404 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5405 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5406 } 5407 return rc; 5408 } 5409 5410 /* 5411 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5412 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5413 ** 5414 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5415 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5416 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5417 */ 5418 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5419 if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){ 5420 assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */ 5421 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5422 } 5423 } 5424 5425 /* 5426 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a 5427 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 5428 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5429 ** 5430 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending 5431 ** on the current state of the pager. 5432 ** 5433 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter 5434 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state 5435 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled 5436 ** 5437 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5438 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5439 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5440 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5441 ** object with no outstanding references. 5442 ** 5443 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5444 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5445 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5446 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5447 ** 5448 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if 5449 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the 5450 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5451 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5452 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5453 ** 5454 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about 5455 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5456 ** 5457 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5458 ** 5459 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5460 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5461 ** from the savepoint journal. 5462 ** 5463 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead 5464 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5465 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5466 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5467 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5468 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5469 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5470 ** 5471 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5472 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5473 ** 5474 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5475 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5476 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5477 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5478 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5479 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5480 ** or journal files. 5481 */ 5482 static int getPageNormal( 5483 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5484 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5485 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5486 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5487 ){ 5488 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5489 PgHdr *pPg; 5490 u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */ 5491 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5492 5493 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5494 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5495 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5496 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5497 5498 if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5499 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5500 if( pBase==0 ){ 5501 pPg = 0; 5502 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5503 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5504 if( pBase==0 ){ 5505 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5506 goto pager_acquire_err; 5507 } 5508 } 5509 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5510 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5511 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5512 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5513 5514 noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0; 5515 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5516 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5517 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5518 assert( pgno!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5519 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5520 return SQLITE_OK; 5521 5522 }else{ 5523 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5524 ** be initialized. But first some error checks: 5525 ** 5526 ** (*) obsolete. Was: maximum page number is 2^31 5527 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page 5528 */ 5529 if( pgno==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5530 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5531 goto pager_acquire_err; 5532 } 5533 5534 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5535 5536 assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); 5537 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ 5538 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5539 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5540 goto pager_acquire_err; 5541 } 5542 if( noContent ){ 5543 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5544 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5545 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5546 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5547 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5548 */ 5549 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5550 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5551 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5552 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5553 } 5554 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5555 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5556 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5557 } 5558 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5559 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5560 }else{ 5561 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5562 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5563 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 5564 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5565 goto pager_acquire_err; 5566 } 5567 } 5568 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5569 } 5570 return SQLITE_OK; 5571 5572 pager_acquire_err: 5573 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5574 if( pPg ){ 5575 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5576 } 5577 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5578 *ppPage = 0; 5579 return rc; 5580 } 5581 5582 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 5583 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */ 5584 static int getPageMMap( 5585 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5586 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5587 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5588 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5589 ){ 5590 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5591 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5592 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5593 5594 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5595 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5596 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5597 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5598 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 5599 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5600 ); 5601 5602 assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); 5603 5604 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5605 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5606 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5607 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5608 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5609 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5610 } 5611 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5612 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5613 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5614 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5615 5616 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5617 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5618 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5619 *ppPage = 0; 5620 return rc; 5621 } 5622 } 5623 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5624 void *pData = 0; 5625 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5626 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5627 ); 5628 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5629 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ 5630 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5631 } 5632 if( pPg==0 ){ 5633 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5634 }else{ 5635 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5636 } 5637 if( pPg ){ 5638 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5639 *ppPage = pPg; 5640 return SQLITE_OK; 5641 } 5642 } 5643 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5644 *ppPage = 0; 5645 return rc; 5646 } 5647 } 5648 return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5649 } 5650 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 5651 5652 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */ 5653 static int getPageError( 5654 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5655 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5656 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5657 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5658 ){ 5659 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno); 5660 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); 5661 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 5662 *ppPage = 0; 5663 return pPager->errCode; 5664 } 5665 5666 5667 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method. 5668 */ 5669 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5670 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5671 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5672 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5673 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5674 ){ 5675 /* printf("PAGE %u\n", pgno); fflush(stdout); */ 5676 return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5677 } 5678 5679 /* 5680 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5681 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5682 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5683 ** 5684 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5685 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5686 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5687 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5688 ** has ever happened. 5689 */ 5690 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5691 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5692 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5693 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5694 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5695 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5696 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5697 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5698 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5699 } 5700 5701 /* 5702 ** Release a page reference. 5703 ** 5704 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be 5705 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page. 5706 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first 5707 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1. 5708 ** 5709 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1. This latter routine 5710 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of 5711 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock. 5712 */ 5713 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5714 TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; ) 5715 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5716 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5717 assert( pPg->pgno!=1 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ 5718 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5719 }else{ 5720 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5721 } 5722 /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */ 5723 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); 5724 } 5725 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5726 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5727 } 5728 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){ 5729 Pager *pPager; 5730 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5731 assert( pPg->pgno==1 ); 5732 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ 5733 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5734 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5735 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5736 } 5737 5738 /* 5739 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5740 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5741 ** file when this routine is called. 5742 ** 5743 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5744 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5745 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5746 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5747 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5748 ** 5749 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5750 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5751 ** already open file. 5752 ** 5753 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5754 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5755 ** 5756 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5757 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5758 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5759 */ 5760 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5761 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5762 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5763 5764 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5765 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5766 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5767 5768 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5769 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5770 ** an error state. */ 5771 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5772 5773 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5774 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5775 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5776 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5777 } 5778 5779 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5780 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5781 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5782 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5783 }else{ 5784 int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; 5785 int nSpill; 5786 5787 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 5788 flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); 5789 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE; 5790 nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 5791 }else{ 5792 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5793 nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); 5794 } 5795 5796 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5797 ** it was originally opened. */ 5798 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5799 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5800 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( 5801 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill 5802 ); 5803 } 5804 } 5805 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5806 } 5807 5808 5809 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5810 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5811 */ 5812 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5813 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5814 pPager->nRec = 0; 5815 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5816 pPager->setSuper = 0; 5817 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5818 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5819 } 5820 } 5821 5822 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5823 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5824 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5825 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5826 }else{ 5827 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5828 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5829 } 5830 5831 return rc; 5832 } 5833 5834 /* 5835 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5836 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5837 ** 5838 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5839 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5840 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5841 ** functions need be called. 5842 ** 5843 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5844 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5845 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5846 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5847 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5848 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5849 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5850 */ 5851 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5852 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5853 5854 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5855 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5856 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5857 5858 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 5859 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5860 5861 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5862 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5863 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5864 */ 5865 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5866 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5867 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5868 return rc; 5869 } 5870 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5871 } 5872 5873 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5874 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5875 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5876 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5877 */ 5878 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5879 }else{ 5880 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5881 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5882 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5883 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5884 */ 5885 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5886 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5887 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5888 } 5889 } 5890 5891 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5892 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5893 ** 5894 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5895 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5896 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5897 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5898 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5899 ** WAL mode. 5900 */ 5901 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5902 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5903 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5904 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5905 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5906 } 5907 5908 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5909 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5910 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5911 } 5912 5913 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5914 return rc; 5915 } 5916 5917 /* 5918 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5919 */ 5920 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5921 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5922 int rc; 5923 u32 cksum; 5924 char *pData2; 5925 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5926 5927 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5928 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5929 ** that we do not. */ 5930 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5931 5932 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5933 pData2 = pPg->pData; 5934 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5935 5936 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5937 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5938 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5939 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5940 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5941 ** then corruption may follow. 5942 */ 5943 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5944 5945 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5946 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5947 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5948 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5949 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5950 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5951 5952 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5953 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5954 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5955 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5956 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5957 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5958 5959 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5960 pPager->nRec++; 5961 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5962 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5963 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5964 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5965 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5966 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5967 return rc; 5968 } 5969 5970 /* 5971 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5972 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5973 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5974 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5975 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5976 */ 5977 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5978 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5979 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5980 5981 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5982 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5983 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5984 */ 5985 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5986 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5987 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5988 ); 5989 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5990 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5991 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5992 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5993 5994 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5995 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5996 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5997 ** 5998 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5999 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 6000 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 6001 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 6002 */ 6003 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6004 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 6005 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 6006 } 6007 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 6008 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6009 6010 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 6011 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 6012 6013 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 6014 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 6015 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 6016 */ 6017 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 6018 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 6019 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 6020 ){ 6021 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 6022 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 6023 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 6024 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6025 return rc; 6026 } 6027 }else{ 6028 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 6029 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6030 } 6031 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 6032 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 6033 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 6034 } 6035 } 6036 6037 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 6038 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 6039 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 6040 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 6041 */ 6042 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6043 6044 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 6045 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 6046 */ 6047 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 6048 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6049 } 6050 6051 /* Update the database size and return. */ 6052 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 6053 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 6054 } 6055 return rc; 6056 } 6057 6058 /* 6059 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 6060 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 6061 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 6062 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 6063 ** a write. 6064 ** 6065 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 6066 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 6067 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 6068 */ 6069 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 6070 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6071 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 6072 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 6073 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 6074 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 6075 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 6076 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 6077 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 6078 6079 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 6080 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 6081 ** this function. 6082 */ 6083 assert( !MEMDB ); 6084 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 6085 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6086 6087 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 6088 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 6089 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 6090 */ 6091 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 6092 6093 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 6094 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 6095 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 6096 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 6097 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 6098 }else{ 6099 nPage = nPagePerSector; 6100 } 6101 assert(nPage>0); 6102 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 6103 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 6104 6105 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 6106 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 6107 PgHdr *pPage; 6108 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 6109 if( pg!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 6110 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 6111 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6112 rc = pager_write(pPage); 6113 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6114 needSync = 1; 6115 } 6116 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6117 } 6118 } 6119 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 6120 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6121 needSync = 1; 6122 } 6123 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6124 } 6125 } 6126 6127 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 6128 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 6129 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 6130 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 6131 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 6132 */ 6133 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 6134 assert( !MEMDB ); 6135 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 6136 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 6137 if( pPage ){ 6138 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6139 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6140 } 6141 } 6142 } 6143 6144 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 6145 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6146 return rc; 6147 } 6148 6149 /* 6150 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 6151 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 6152 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 6153 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 6154 ** 6155 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 6156 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 6157 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 6158 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 6159 ** 6160 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 6161 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6162 */ 6163 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6164 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6165 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 6166 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6167 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6168 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 6169 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6170 return SQLITE_OK; 6171 }else if( pPager->errCode ){ 6172 return pPager->errCode; 6173 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 6174 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 6175 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 6176 }else{ 6177 return pager_write(pPg); 6178 } 6179 } 6180 6181 /* 6182 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 6183 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 6184 ** to change the content of the page. 6185 */ 6186 #ifndef NDEBUG 6187 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 6188 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6189 } 6190 #endif 6191 6192 /* 6193 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 6194 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 6195 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 6196 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 6197 ** content no longer matters. 6198 ** 6199 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 6200 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 6201 ** that it does not get written to disk. 6202 ** 6203 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 6204 ** DELETE operations. 6205 ** 6206 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may 6207 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if 6208 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 6209 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 6210 ** current transaction is rolled back. 6211 */ 6212 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6213 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6214 if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 6215 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 6216 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 6217 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 6218 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6219 testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); 6220 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 6221 } 6222 } 6223 6224 /* 6225 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 6226 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 6227 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 6228 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 6229 ** 6230 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 6231 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 6232 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6233 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6234 ** 6235 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6236 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6237 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6238 ** transaction is committed. 6239 ** 6240 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6241 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6242 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6243 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6244 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6245 */ 6246 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6247 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6248 6249 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6250 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6251 ); 6252 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6253 6254 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6255 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6256 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6257 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6258 ** 6259 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6260 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6261 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6262 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6263 */ 6264 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6265 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6266 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6267 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6268 #else 6269 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6270 #endif 6271 6272 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6273 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6274 6275 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6276 6277 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6278 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6279 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6280 6281 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6282 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6283 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6284 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6285 */ 6286 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6287 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6288 } 6289 6290 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6291 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6292 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6293 6294 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6295 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6296 const void *zBuf; 6297 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6298 zBuf = pPgHdr->pData; 6299 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6300 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6301 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6302 } 6303 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6304 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6305 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6306 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6307 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6308 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6309 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6310 } 6311 }else{ 6312 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6313 } 6314 } 6315 6316 /* Release the page reference. */ 6317 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6318 } 6319 return rc; 6320 } 6321 6322 /* 6323 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6324 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6325 ** 6326 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6327 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6328 */ 6329 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){ 6330 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6331 void *pArg = (void*)zSuper; 6332 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6333 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6334 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6335 assert( !MEMDB ); 6336 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6337 } 6338 return rc; 6339 } 6340 6341 /* 6342 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6343 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6344 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6345 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6346 ** 6347 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6348 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6349 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6350 ** returned. 6351 */ 6352 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6353 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6354 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6355 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6356 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6357 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6358 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6359 ); 6360 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6361 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6362 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6363 } 6364 } 6365 return rc; 6366 } 6367 6368 /* 6369 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name 6370 ** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual 6371 ** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no 6372 ** super-journal (a single database transaction). 6373 ** 6374 ** This routine ensures that: 6375 ** 6376 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6377 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6378 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6379 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6380 ** * the database file synced. 6381 ** 6382 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6383 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6384 ** delete the super-journal file if specified). 6385 ** 6386 ** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6387 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6388 ** 6389 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6390 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6391 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6392 ** journal file in this case. 6393 */ 6394 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6395 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6396 const char *zSuper, /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */ 6397 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6398 ){ 6399 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6400 6401 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6402 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6403 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6404 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6405 ); 6406 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6407 6408 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6409 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6410 6411 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ 6412 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; 6413 6414 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n", 6415 pPager->zFilename, zSuper, pPager->dbSize)); 6416 6417 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6418 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6419 6420 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 6421 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 6422 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ 6423 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6424 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6425 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ 6426 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6427 }else{ 6428 PgHdr *pList; 6429 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6430 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6431 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6432 if( pList==0 ){ 6433 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6434 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6435 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6436 pList = pPageOne; 6437 pList->pDirty = 0; 6438 } 6439 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6440 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6441 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6442 } 6443 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6444 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6445 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6446 } 6447 }else{ 6448 /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method 6449 ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write 6450 ** is enabled. 6451 */ 6452 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6453 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 6454 int bBatch = zSuper==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */ 6455 && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 6456 && !pPager->noSync 6457 && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd); 6458 #else 6459 # define bBatch 0 6460 #endif 6461 6462 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6463 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6464 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6465 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6466 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6467 ** 6468 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6469 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6470 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6471 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6472 ** 6473 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6474 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6475 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6476 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6477 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6478 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6479 ** mode. 6480 ** 6481 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6482 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6483 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6484 ** created for this transaction. 6485 */ 6486 if( bBatch==0 ){ 6487 PgHdr *pPg; 6488 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6489 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6490 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6491 ); 6492 if( !zSuper && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6493 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6494 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6495 && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6496 ){ 6497 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6498 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6499 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6500 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6501 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6502 */ 6503 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6504 }else{ 6505 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6506 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6507 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6508 } 6509 } 6510 } 6511 #else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ 6512 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6513 if( zSuper ){ 6514 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6515 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6516 assert( bBatch==0 ); 6517 } 6518 #endif 6519 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6520 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ 6521 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6522 6523 /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a 6524 ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6525 ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op. 6526 */ 6527 rc = writeSuperJournal(pPager, zSuper); 6528 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6529 6530 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6531 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6532 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6533 ** 6534 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6535 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6536 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6537 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6538 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6539 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6540 */ 6541 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6542 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6543 6544 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6545 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6546 if( bBatch ){ 6547 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6548 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6549 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList); 6550 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6551 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6552 } 6553 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6554 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6555 } 6556 } 6557 6558 if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ 6559 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6560 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6561 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6562 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6563 } 6564 bBatch = 0; 6565 }else{ 6566 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6567 } 6568 } 6569 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */ 6570 6571 if( bBatch==0 ){ 6572 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList); 6573 } 6574 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6575 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6576 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6577 } 6578 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6579 6580 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6581 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6582 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6583 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6584 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6585 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6586 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6587 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6588 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6589 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6590 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6591 } 6592 6593 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6594 if( !noSync ){ 6595 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zSuper); 6596 } 6597 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6598 } 6599 } 6600 6601 commit_phase_one_exit: 6602 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6603 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6604 } 6605 return rc; 6606 } 6607 6608 6609 /* 6610 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6611 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6612 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6613 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6614 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6615 ** 6616 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6617 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6618 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6619 ** irrevocably committed. 6620 ** 6621 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6622 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6623 */ 6624 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6625 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6626 6627 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6628 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6629 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6630 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6631 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6632 6633 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6634 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6635 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6636 ); 6637 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6638 6639 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6640 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6641 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6642 ** 6643 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6644 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6645 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6646 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6647 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6648 ** to drop any locks either. 6649 */ 6650 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6651 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6652 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6653 ){ 6654 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6655 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6656 return SQLITE_OK; 6657 } 6658 6659 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6660 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 1); 6661 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6662 } 6663 6664 /* 6665 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6666 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6667 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6668 ** state if an error occurs. 6669 ** 6670 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6671 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6672 ** 6673 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6674 ** 6675 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6676 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6677 ** was opened, and 6678 ** 6679 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6680 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6681 ** 6682 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6683 ** rollback is successful. 6684 ** 6685 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6686 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6687 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6688 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6689 */ 6690 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6691 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6692 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6693 6694 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6695 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6696 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6697 */ 6698 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6699 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6700 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6701 6702 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6703 int rc2; 6704 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6705 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 0); 6706 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6707 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6708 int eState = pPager->eState; 6709 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6710 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6711 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6712 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6713 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6714 */ 6715 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6716 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6717 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6718 return rc; 6719 } 6720 }else{ 6721 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6722 } 6723 6724 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6725 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6726 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6727 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6728 ); 6729 6730 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6731 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6732 */ 6733 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6734 } 6735 6736 /* 6737 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6738 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6739 */ 6740 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6741 return pPager->readOnly; 6742 } 6743 6744 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6745 /* 6746 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6747 */ 6748 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6749 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6750 } 6751 #endif 6752 6753 /* 6754 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6755 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6756 */ 6757 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6758 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra 6759 + (int)(sizeof(PgHdr) + 5*sizeof(void*)); 6760 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6761 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6762 + pPager->pageSize; 6763 } 6764 6765 /* 6766 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6767 */ 6768 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6769 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6770 } 6771 6772 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6773 /* 6774 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6775 */ 6776 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6777 static int a[11]; 6778 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6779 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6780 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6781 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6782 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6783 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6784 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6785 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6786 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6787 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6788 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6789 return a; 6790 } 6791 #endif 6792 6793 /* 6794 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE, 6795 ** or _WRITE+1. The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation 6796 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL. The _SPILL case is not contiguous because 6797 ** it was added later. 6798 ** 6799 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6800 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6801 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6802 ** returning. 6803 */ 6804 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6805 6806 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6807 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6808 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6809 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 6810 ); 6811 6812 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6813 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6814 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 6815 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 ); 6816 6817 eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT; 6818 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat]; 6819 if( reset ){ 6820 pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0; 6821 } 6822 } 6823 6824 /* 6825 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. 6826 */ 6827 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6828 return pPager->tempFile || pPager->memVfs; 6829 } 6830 6831 /* 6832 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6833 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6834 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6835 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6836 ** 6837 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6838 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6839 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6840 */ 6841 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6842 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6843 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6844 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6845 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6846 6847 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6848 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6849 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6850 6851 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6852 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6853 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6854 */ 6855 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6856 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6857 ); 6858 if( !aNew ){ 6859 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6860 } 6861 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6862 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6863 6864 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6865 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6866 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6867 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6868 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6869 }else{ 6870 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6871 } 6872 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6873 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6874 aNew[ii].bTruncateOnRelease = 1; 6875 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6876 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6877 } 6878 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6879 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6880 } 6881 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6882 } 6883 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6884 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6885 return rc; 6886 } 6887 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6888 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6889 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6890 6891 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6892 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6893 }else{ 6894 return SQLITE_OK; 6895 } 6896 } 6897 6898 6899 /* 6900 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6901 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6902 ** created savepoint. 6903 ** 6904 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6905 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6906 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6907 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6908 ** 6909 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6910 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6911 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6912 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6913 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6914 ** 6915 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6916 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6917 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6918 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6919 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6920 ** 6921 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6922 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6923 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6924 ** 6925 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6926 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6927 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6928 */ 6929 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6930 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6931 6932 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6933 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6934 #endif 6935 6936 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6937 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6938 6939 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6940 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6941 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6942 6943 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6944 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6945 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6946 */ 6947 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6948 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6949 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6950 } 6951 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6952 6953 /* Truncate the sub-journal so that it only includes the parts 6954 ** that are still in use. */ 6955 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6956 PagerSavepoint *pRel = &pPager->aSavepoint[nNew]; 6957 if( pRel->bTruncateOnRelease && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6958 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6959 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6960 i64 sz = (pPager->pageSize+4)*(i64)pRel->iSubRec; 6961 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, sz); 6962 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6963 } 6964 pPager->nSubRec = pRel->iSubRec; 6965 } 6966 } 6967 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6968 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6969 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6970 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6971 */ 6972 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6973 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6974 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6975 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6976 } 6977 6978 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6979 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 6980 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, 6981 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction 6982 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ 6983 else if( 6984 pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6985 && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6986 ){ 6987 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6988 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6989 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6990 } 6991 #endif 6992 } 6993 6994 return rc; 6995 } 6996 6997 /* 6998 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6999 ** 7000 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 7001 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 7002 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 7003 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 7004 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 7005 ** participate in shared-cache. 7006 ** 7007 ** The return value to this routine is always safe to use with 7008 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends. 7009 */ 7010 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 7011 static const char zFake[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; 7012 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? &zFake[4] : pPager->zFilename; 7013 } 7014 7015 /* 7016 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 7017 */ 7018 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 7019 return pPager->pVfs; 7020 } 7021 7022 /* 7023 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 7024 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 7025 ** not yet been opened. 7026 */ 7027 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 7028 return pPager->fd; 7029 } 7030 7031 /* 7032 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 7033 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 7034 */ 7035 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 7036 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7037 return pPager->jfd; 7038 #else 7039 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 7040 #endif 7041 } 7042 7043 /* 7044 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 7045 */ 7046 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 7047 return pPager->zJournal; 7048 } 7049 7050 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7051 /* 7052 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 7053 ** 7054 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 7055 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 7056 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 7057 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 7058 ** 7059 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 7060 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 7061 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 7062 ** 7063 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 7064 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 7065 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 7066 ** transaction is active). 7067 ** 7068 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 7069 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 7070 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 7071 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 7072 ** 7073 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 7074 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 7075 */ 7076 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 7077 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 7078 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 7079 int rc; /* Return code */ 7080 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 7081 7082 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 7083 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 7084 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 7085 ); 7086 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7087 7088 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 7089 ** the page we are moving from. 7090 */ 7091 assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); 7092 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7093 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 7094 if( rc ) return rc; 7095 } 7096 7097 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 7098 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 7099 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 7100 ** 7101 ** BEGIN; 7102 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 7103 ** SAVEPOINT one; 7104 ** <Move page X to location Y> 7105 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 7106 ** 7107 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 7108 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 7109 ** statement were is processed. 7110 ** 7111 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 7112 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 7113 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 7114 */ 7115 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 7116 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 7117 ){ 7118 return rc; 7119 } 7120 7121 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 7122 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 7123 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 7124 7125 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 7126 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 7127 ** 7128 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 7129 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 7130 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 7131 */ 7132 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 7133 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 7134 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 7135 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 7136 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 7137 } 7138 7139 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 7140 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 7141 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 7142 ** for the page moved there. 7143 */ 7144 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7145 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 7146 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB ); 7147 if( pPgOld ){ 7148 if( NEVER(pPgOld->nRef>1) ){ 7149 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7150 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 7151 } 7152 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 7153 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7154 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 7155 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 7156 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 7157 }else{ 7158 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 7159 } 7160 } 7161 7162 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 7163 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 7164 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 7165 7166 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 7167 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 7168 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 7169 */ 7170 if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ 7171 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 7172 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7173 } 7174 7175 if( needSyncPgno ){ 7176 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 7177 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 7178 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 7179 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 7180 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 7181 ** flag. 7182 ** 7183 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 7184 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 7185 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 7186 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 7187 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 7188 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 7189 */ 7190 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 7191 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 7192 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7193 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 7194 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 7195 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 7196 } 7197 return rc; 7198 } 7199 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7200 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 7201 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 7202 } 7203 7204 return SQLITE_OK; 7205 } 7206 #endif 7207 7208 /* 7209 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 7210 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 7211 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 7212 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 7213 */ 7214 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 7215 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 7216 pPg->flags = flags; 7217 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 7218 } 7219 7220 /* 7221 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 7222 */ 7223 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 7224 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 7225 return pPg->pData; 7226 } 7227 7228 /* 7229 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 7230 ** allocated along with the specified page. 7231 */ 7232 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 7233 return pPg->pExtra; 7234 } 7235 7236 /* 7237 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 7238 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7239 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 7240 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 7241 ** 7242 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7243 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 7244 ** locking-mode. 7245 */ 7246 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7247 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 7248 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 7249 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 7250 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 7251 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 7252 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 7253 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 7254 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 7255 } 7256 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 7257 } 7258 7259 /* 7260 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 7261 ** 7262 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7263 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7264 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7265 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7266 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 7267 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7268 ** 7269 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 7270 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 7271 ** 7272 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 7273 ** or _MEMORY. 7274 ** 7275 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7276 ** 7277 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7278 */ 7279 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7280 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7281 7282 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7283 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE /* 0 */ 7284 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST /* 1 */ 7285 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF /* 2 */ 7286 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE /* 3 */ 7287 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY /* 4 */ 7288 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL /* 5 */ ); 7289 7290 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7291 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7292 ** to WAL mode. 7293 */ 7294 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7295 7296 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7297 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7298 */ 7299 if( MEMDB ){ 7300 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7301 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7302 eMode = eOld; 7303 } 7304 } 7305 7306 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7307 7308 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7309 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7310 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7311 7312 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7313 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7314 ** delete the journal file. 7315 */ 7316 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7317 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7318 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7319 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7320 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7321 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7322 7323 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7324 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7325 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7326 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7327 ** here is an optimization only. 7328 ** 7329 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7330 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7331 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7332 */ 7333 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7334 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7335 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7336 }else{ 7337 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7338 int state = pPager->eState; 7339 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7340 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7341 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7342 } 7343 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7344 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7345 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7346 } 7347 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7348 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7349 } 7350 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7351 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7352 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7353 pager_unlock(pPager); 7354 } 7355 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7356 } 7357 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7358 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7359 } 7360 } 7361 7362 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7363 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7364 } 7365 7366 /* 7367 ** Return the current journal mode. 7368 */ 7369 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7370 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7371 } 7372 7373 /* 7374 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7375 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7376 ** is unmodified. 7377 */ 7378 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7379 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7380 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7381 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7382 return 1; 7383 } 7384 7385 /* 7386 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7387 ** 7388 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7389 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7390 */ 7391 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7392 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7393 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7394 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7395 } 7396 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7397 } 7398 7399 /* 7400 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7401 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7402 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7403 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7404 */ 7405 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7406 return &pPager->pBackup; 7407 } 7408 7409 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7410 /* 7411 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7412 */ 7413 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7414 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 7415 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7416 } 7417 #endif 7418 7419 7420 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7421 /* 7422 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7423 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7424 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7425 ** 7426 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7427 */ 7428 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( 7429 Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */ 7430 sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */ 7431 int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */ 7432 int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */ 7433 int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */ 7434 ){ 7435 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7436 if( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 7437 /* This only happens when a database file is zero bytes in size opened and 7438 ** then "PRAGMA journal_mode=WAL" is run and then sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7439 ** is invoked without any intervening transactions. We need to start 7440 ** a transaction to initialize pWal. The PRAGMA table_list statement is 7441 ** used for this since it starts transactions on every database file, 7442 ** including all ATTACHed databases. This seems expensive for a single 7443 ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() call, but it happens very rarely. 7444 ** https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/fd0f19d229156939 7445 */ 7446 sqlite3_exec(db, "PRAGMA table_list",0,0,0); 7447 } 7448 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7449 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode, 7450 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7451 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7452 pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7453 pnLog, pnCkpt 7454 ); 7455 } 7456 return rc; 7457 } 7458 7459 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7460 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7461 } 7462 7463 /* 7464 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7465 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7466 */ 7467 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7468 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7469 if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; 7470 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7471 } 7472 7473 /* 7474 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7475 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7476 */ 7477 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7478 int rc; /* Return code */ 7479 7480 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7481 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7482 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7483 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7484 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7485 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7486 } 7487 7488 return rc; 7489 } 7490 7491 /* 7492 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7493 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7494 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7495 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7496 */ 7497 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7498 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7499 7500 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7501 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7502 7503 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7504 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7505 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7506 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7507 */ 7508 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7509 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7510 } 7511 7512 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7513 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7514 */ 7515 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7516 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7517 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7518 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7519 ); 7520 } 7521 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7522 7523 return rc; 7524 } 7525 7526 7527 /* 7528 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7529 ** this function. 7530 ** 7531 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7532 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7533 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7534 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7535 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7536 ** not modified in either case. 7537 ** 7538 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7539 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7540 ** without doing anything. 7541 */ 7542 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7543 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7544 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7545 ){ 7546 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7547 7548 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7549 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7550 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7551 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7552 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7553 7554 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7555 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7556 7557 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7558 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7559 7560 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7561 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7562 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7563 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7564 } 7565 }else{ 7566 *pbOpen = 1; 7567 } 7568 7569 return rc; 7570 } 7571 7572 /* 7573 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7574 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7575 ** 7576 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7577 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7578 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7579 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7580 */ 7581 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 7582 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7583 7584 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7585 7586 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7587 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7588 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7589 */ 7590 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7591 int logexists = 0; 7592 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7593 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7594 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7595 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7596 ); 7597 } 7598 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7599 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7600 } 7601 } 7602 7603 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7604 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7605 */ 7606 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7607 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7608 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7609 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, 7610 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7611 pPager->pWal = 0; 7612 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7613 if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7614 } 7615 } 7616 return rc; 7617 } 7618 7619 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT 7620 /* 7621 ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode, 7622 ** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object 7623 ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function. 7624 ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. 7625 */ 7626 int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){ 7627 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7628 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->exclusiveMode==0 ){ 7629 rc = sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager->pWal, bLock); 7630 } 7631 return rc; 7632 } 7633 7634 /* 7635 ** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if 7636 ** blocking locks are required. 7637 */ 7638 void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 7639 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 7640 sqlite3WalDb(pPager->pWal, db); 7641 } 7642 } 7643 #endif 7644 7645 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7646 /* 7647 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7648 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7649 */ 7650 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7651 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7652 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7653 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7654 } 7655 return rc; 7656 } 7657 7658 /* 7659 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7660 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7661 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7662 */ 7663 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen( 7664 Pager *pPager, 7665 sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot 7666 ){ 7667 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7668 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7669 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7670 }else{ 7671 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7672 } 7673 return rc; 7674 } 7675 7676 /* 7677 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this 7678 ** is not a WAL database, return an error. 7679 */ 7680 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ 7681 int rc; 7682 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7683 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal); 7684 }else{ 7685 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7686 } 7687 return rc; 7688 } 7689 7690 /* 7691 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database. 7692 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise, 7693 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then 7694 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still 7695 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned. 7696 ** 7697 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if 7698 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error 7699 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER 7700 ** lock is released before returning. 7701 */ 7702 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7703 int rc; 7704 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7705 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7706 }else{ 7707 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7708 } 7709 return rc; 7710 } 7711 7712 /* 7713 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to 7714 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(). 7715 */ 7716 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){ 7717 assert( pPager->pWal ); 7718 sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal); 7719 } 7720 7721 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7722 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7723 7724 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7725 /* 7726 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7727 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7728 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7729 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7730 ** is empty, return 0. 7731 */ 7732 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7733 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7734 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7735 } 7736 #endif 7737 7738 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7739